1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
68 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
69 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
70 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
71 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
72 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
73 unsigned char tls_type
;
75 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
76 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
77 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
81 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
85 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
87 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
88 /* The number of global .got entries. */
89 unsigned int global_gotno
;
90 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
91 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
92 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
93 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
94 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
95 /* The number of local .got entries. */
96 unsigned int local_gotno
;
97 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
98 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
99 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
100 struct htab
*got_entries
;
101 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
102 unless multi-got was necessary. */
103 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
104 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
105 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
106 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
107 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
108 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
109 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
110 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
111 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
114 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
116 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
118 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
121 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
122 create and merge bfd's gots. */
124 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
126 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
128 /* The output bfd. */
130 /* The link information. */
131 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
132 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
133 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
135 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
136 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
138 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
139 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
141 unsigned int max_count
;
142 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
143 unsigned int primary_count
;
144 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
145 unsigned int current_count
;
146 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
147 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
148 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
150 unsigned int global_count
;
153 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
155 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
157 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
159 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
160 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
163 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
164 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
166 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
172 struct _mips_elf_section_data
174 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
177 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
182 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
183 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
185 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
186 the dynamic symbols. */
188 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
190 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
193 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
194 symbol with a GOT entry. */
195 long min_got_dynindx
;
196 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
197 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
198 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
199 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
200 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
201 symbol without a GOT entry. */
202 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
205 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
206 the global hash table. */
208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
210 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
212 /* External symbol information. */
215 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
217 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
219 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
220 a readonly section. */
221 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
223 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
224 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
225 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
227 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
229 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
230 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
233 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
234 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
235 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
237 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
238 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
241 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
242 being called returns a floating point value. */
243 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
245 /* Are we forced local? .*/
246 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
250 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
252 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
253 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
254 unsigned char tls_type
;
255 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
256 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
257 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
258 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
259 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
260 overloaded already. */
261 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
264 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
268 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
270 /* We no longer use this. */
271 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
272 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
274 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
275 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
276 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
277 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
278 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
279 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
280 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
281 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
283 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
284 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
287 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
288 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
289 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
290 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
291 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
292 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
293 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
294 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
295 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
296 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
297 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
298 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
299 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
300 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
302 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
307 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
308 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
309 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
313 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
315 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
318 "_procedure_string_table",
319 "_procedure_table_size",
323 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
328 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
329 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
330 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
331 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
332 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
333 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
342 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
343 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
344 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
348 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
349 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
350 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
351 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
352 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
353 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
358 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
359 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
360 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
361 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
362 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
370 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
376 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
378 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
380 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
381 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
382 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
383 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
384 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
385 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
386 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
387 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
389 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
390 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
391 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
392 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
393 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
395 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
396 has different meaning for each type:
399 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
400 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
401 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
402 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
405 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
406 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
407 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
408 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
410 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
411 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
412 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
413 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
415 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
416 loader for use by the static exception system. */
418 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
419 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
420 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
421 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
422 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
423 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
424 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
425 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
426 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
427 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
429 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
431 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
432 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
434 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
435 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
436 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
437 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
438 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
441 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
443 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
444 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
445 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
446 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
447 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
449 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
450 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
451 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
452 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
454 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
455 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
457 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
459 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
460 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
462 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
463 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
464 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
466 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
467 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
469 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
470 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
471 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
473 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
474 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
475 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
477 /* The name of the options section. */
478 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
479 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
481 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
482 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
483 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
484 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
486 /* The name of the stub section. */
487 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
489 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
490 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
491 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
493 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
494 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
495 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
497 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
498 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
499 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
501 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
502 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
503 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
505 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
506 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
507 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
509 /* Get word-sized data. */
510 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
511 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
513 /* Put out word-sized data. */
514 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
516 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
517 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
519 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
520 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
521 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
523 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
524 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
526 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
527 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
528 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
529 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
530 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
531 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
532 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
533 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
534 section, that is RELA. */
535 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
536 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
537 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
538 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
539 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
540 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
541 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
543 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
544 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
545 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
546 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
548 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
549 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
551 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
552 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
554 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
556 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
558 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
559 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
561 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
562 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
563 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
565 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
566 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
567 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
568 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
570 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
571 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
572 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
574 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
577 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
578 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
579 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
580 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
583 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
584 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
585 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
586 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
587 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
588 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
589 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
590 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
592 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
593 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
595 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
597 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
598 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
601 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
602 floating point arguments.
604 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
605 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
606 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
607 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
608 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
609 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
610 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
611 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
613 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
614 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
615 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
616 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
617 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
618 stub should be discarded.
620 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
621 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
622 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
623 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
624 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
625 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
626 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
629 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
630 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
631 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
633 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
635 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
636 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
637 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
639 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
641 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
642 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
643 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
646 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
648 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
649 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
651 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
654 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
656 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
657 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
659 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
660 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
662 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
663 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
666 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
668 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
669 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
671 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
675 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
677 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
678 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
680 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
683 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
686 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
687 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
690 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
692 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
695 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
697 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
699 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
700 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
701 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
705 /* Set local fields. */
706 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
707 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
708 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
710 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
711 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
712 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
714 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
715 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
716 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
717 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
718 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
721 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
725 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
727 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
728 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
730 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
733 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
735 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
738 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
739 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
742 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
743 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
746 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
749 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
750 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
752 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
753 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
756 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
757 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
760 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
761 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
763 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
765 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
766 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
770 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
771 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
772 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
774 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
775 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
779 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
780 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
781 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
782 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
783 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
784 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
786 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
787 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
788 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
789 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
790 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
800 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
802 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
803 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
804 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
805 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
806 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
807 free (debug
->external_sym
);
808 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
809 free (debug
->external_opt
);
810 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
811 free (debug
->external_aux
);
812 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
814 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
816 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
817 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
818 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
819 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
820 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
821 free (debug
->external_ext
);
825 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
828 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
830 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
831 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
832 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
833 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
834 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
835 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
837 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
838 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
840 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
843 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
846 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
847 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
848 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
850 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
851 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
853 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
855 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
856 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
861 unsigned long sindex
;
865 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
873 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
875 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
879 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
881 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
885 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
888 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
889 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
893 size
= sizeof (char *);
894 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
898 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
899 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
900 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
904 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
908 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
911 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
915 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
917 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
918 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
920 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
921 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
922 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
923 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
924 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
925 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
926 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
928 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
929 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
933 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
934 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
935 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
938 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
942 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
945 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
947 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
948 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
949 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
950 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
952 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
954 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
956 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
958 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
960 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
962 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
963 matters, but someday it might). */
964 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
993 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
997 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
998 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1000 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1001 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1003 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1004 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1006 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1007 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1008 being included in the link. */
1009 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1010 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1011 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1012 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1015 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1016 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1018 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1019 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1020 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1021 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1022 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1023 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1024 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1027 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1028 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1030 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1031 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1032 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1033 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1034 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1035 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1036 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1042 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1043 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1046 The format of these instructions is:
1048 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1049 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1050 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1052 +-----------------------------------------------+
1054 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1055 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1057 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1058 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1059 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1060 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1061 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1062 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1063 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1064 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1065 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1066 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1069 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1070 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1071 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1072 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1073 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1074 value as two 16-bit values.
1076 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1080 +--------+----------------------+
1084 +--------+----------------------+
1087 +----------+------+-------------+
1091 +----------+--------------------+
1092 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1093 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1095 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1096 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1097 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1098 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1099 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1101 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1102 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1104 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1105 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1106 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1107 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1108 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1110 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1113 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1114 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1115 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1117 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1118 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1119 little-endian system.
1121 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1122 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1123 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1124 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1128 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1129 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1131 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1133 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1134 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1137 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1138 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1139 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1140 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1143 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1144 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1146 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1149 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1150 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1151 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1155 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1156 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1158 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1160 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1161 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1164 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1165 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1169 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1170 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1171 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1175 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1181 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1182 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1184 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1185 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1188 bfd_reloc_status_type
1189 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1190 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1191 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1195 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1197 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1200 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1202 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1203 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1205 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1206 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1208 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1209 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1211 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1213 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1214 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1215 an external symbol. */
1217 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1218 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1220 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1222 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1224 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1225 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1229 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1232 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1234 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1237 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1238 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1239 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1244 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1246 asection
*input_section
;
1250 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1252 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1254 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1255 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1256 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1258 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1259 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1260 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1261 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1263 bfd_reloc_status_type
1264 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1265 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1266 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1267 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1269 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1271 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1272 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1274 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1276 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1278 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1280 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1281 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1284 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1285 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1287 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1290 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1291 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1292 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1294 bfd_reloc_status_type
1295 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1296 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1297 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1299 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1300 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1301 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1302 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1303 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1304 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1307 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1308 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1311 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1312 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1313 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1315 bfd_reloc_status_type
1316 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1317 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1318 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1321 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1323 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1324 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1326 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1328 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1329 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1332 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1334 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1335 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1337 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1339 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1340 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1341 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1342 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1343 has a rightshift of 0. */
1344 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1345 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1347 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1348 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1349 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1351 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1352 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1354 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1357 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1361 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1362 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1366 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1367 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1368 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1370 bfd_reloc_status_type
1371 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1372 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1373 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1374 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1377 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1378 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1380 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1382 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1383 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1385 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1387 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1389 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1390 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1391 offset or address. */
1392 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1393 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1398 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1399 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1400 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1401 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1403 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1404 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1405 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1409 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1410 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1411 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1412 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1413 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1414 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1417 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1419 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1420 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1422 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1423 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1425 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1427 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1430 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1435 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1437 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1440 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1441 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1444 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1447 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1448 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1452 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1453 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1455 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1456 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1460 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1461 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1463 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1464 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1465 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1466 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1467 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1468 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1472 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1473 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1477 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1478 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1479 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1480 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1481 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1482 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1483 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1486 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1487 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1488 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1491 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1494 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1495 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1496 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1497 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1498 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1499 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1503 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1504 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1506 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1507 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1508 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1509 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1510 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1511 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1514 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1515 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1516 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1517 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1518 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1521 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1522 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1524 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1525 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1526 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1527 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1528 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1529 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1530 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1534 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1535 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1537 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1538 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1539 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1540 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1541 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1542 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1543 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1546 /* Swap in an options header. */
1549 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1550 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1552 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1553 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1554 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1555 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1558 /* Swap out an options header. */
1561 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1562 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1564 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1565 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1566 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1567 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1570 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1571 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1574 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1576 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1577 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1579 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1580 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1582 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1585 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1588 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1589 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1592 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1593 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1595 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1596 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1597 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1598 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1600 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1601 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1608 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1609 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1610 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1611 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1612 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1613 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1614 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1615 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1616 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1617 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1618 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1619 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1620 when generating a final executable. */
1623 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1625 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1627 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1629 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1630 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1632 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1634 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1635 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1636 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1637 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1638 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1640 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1641 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1642 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1643 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1644 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1652 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1655 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1656 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1657 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1658 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1659 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1660 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1662 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1663 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1667 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1669 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1670 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1671 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1673 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1674 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1675 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1677 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1679 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1680 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1681 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1682 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1684 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1686 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1687 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1688 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1691 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1693 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1694 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1695 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1700 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1701 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1703 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1704 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1705 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1706 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1709 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1711 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1712 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1713 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1714 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1715 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1716 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1717 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1718 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1719 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1720 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1721 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1722 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1723 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1724 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1725 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1726 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1727 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1729 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1733 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1734 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1737 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1738 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1739 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1740 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1742 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1743 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1744 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1745 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1747 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1748 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1749 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1750 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1751 + sec
->output_offset
1752 + output_section
->vma
);
1754 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1756 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1758 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1759 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1761 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1763 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1764 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1769 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1770 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1771 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1773 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1776 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1777 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1778 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1779 + sec
->output_offset
1780 + output_section
->vma
);
1782 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1787 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1788 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1791 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1798 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1801 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1803 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1804 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1806 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1809 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1811 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1814 static INLINE hashval_t
1815 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1818 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1824 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1825 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1829 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1831 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1833 return entry
->symndx
1834 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1835 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1837 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1838 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1842 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1844 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1845 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1847 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1848 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1851 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1852 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1853 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1854 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1857 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1858 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1859 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1863 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1865 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1867 return entry
->symndx
1869 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1870 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1871 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1872 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1874 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1875 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1879 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1881 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1882 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1884 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
1885 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1888 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
1889 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1892 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1893 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1894 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1895 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1896 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1899 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1902 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1904 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1907 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1908 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1910 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1912 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1917 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1919 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1920 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1926 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1929 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1931 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1933 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1938 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1939 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1942 static struct mips_got_info
*
1943 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1946 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1948 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1949 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1950 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1951 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1952 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1955 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1960 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
1961 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
1965 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
1966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1970 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
1971 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
1973 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
1974 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
1977 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
1979 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
1980 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
1986 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
1993 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
1996 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2002 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2003 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2006 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2008 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2009 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2011 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2012 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2017 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2018 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2021 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2024 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2025 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2027 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2029 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2035 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2036 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2039 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2042 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2043 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2045 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2050 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2053 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2059 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2061 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2063 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2064 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2066 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2068 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2069 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2071 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2075 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2077 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2078 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2081 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2084 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2085 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2086 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2087 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2091 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2092 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2094 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2096 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2097 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2102 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2104 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2105 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2106 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2109 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2112 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2114 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2115 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2118 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2119 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2120 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2121 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2122 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2124 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2125 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2127 /* General Dynamic. */
2128 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2130 offset
= got_offset
;
2131 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2135 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2136 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2137 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2138 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2141 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2142 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2143 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2144 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2146 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2147 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2151 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2152 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2153 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2154 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2157 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2160 /* Initial Exec model. */
2161 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2163 offset
= got_offset
;
2168 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2169 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2171 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2172 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2175 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2176 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2177 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2180 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2181 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2184 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2186 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2187 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2188 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2189 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2190 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2193 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2194 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2196 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2197 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2198 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2199 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2202 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2205 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2206 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2207 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2208 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2211 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2212 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2213 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2215 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2216 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2218 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2220 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2222 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2223 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2224 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2229 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2231 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2235 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2237 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2244 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
2245 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. If
2246 R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS GOT entry instead.
2247 Returns -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
2250 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2251 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2255 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2256 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2258 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2260 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
,
2261 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2265 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2266 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2269 return entry
->gotidx
;
2272 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2275 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2276 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2280 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2281 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2283 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2284 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2286 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2288 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2290 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2291 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2295 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2298 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2300 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2302 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2304 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2305 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2306 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2307 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2308 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2309 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2310 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2312 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2313 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2320 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2321 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2323 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2325 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2326 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2327 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2329 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2330 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2331 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2332 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2333 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2334 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2336 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2337 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2341 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2342 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2343 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2345 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2346 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2347 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2349 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2354 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
2355 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2356 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
2357 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
2358 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
2361 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2362 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2365 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2367 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2369 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2371 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2373 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff), 0,
2374 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2379 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2382 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2387 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
2388 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
2391 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2392 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
2395 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2396 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2400 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
2401 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
2402 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
2404 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2407 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2409 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
, 0, NULL
,
2412 return entry
->gotidx
;
2417 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2421 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2422 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2426 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2428 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2429 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2430 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2432 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2435 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
2436 or -1 if it could not be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2437 create a TLS entry instead. */
2439 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2440 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
2441 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2442 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
,
2443 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2447 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2448 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2452 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2455 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2458 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2459 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2462 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2463 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2464 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2465 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2466 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->forced_local
);
2467 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2469 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2472 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2474 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2480 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2486 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2487 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2493 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2498 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2501 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2506 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2508 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2510 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2511 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2512 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2513 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2518 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2519 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2524 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2525 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2526 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2527 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2528 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2529 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2532 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2534 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2535 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2538 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2540 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2543 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2544 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2545 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2546 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2547 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2548 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2549 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2550 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2551 too large offsets. */
2552 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2553 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2554 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2555 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2556 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2559 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2560 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2561 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2562 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2563 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2565 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2566 table index in the GOT. */
2567 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2572 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2573 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2577 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2579 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2581 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2582 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2584 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2586 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2589 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2590 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2591 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2593 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2595 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2597 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2598 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2599 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2601 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2602 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2605 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2607 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2608 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2614 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2615 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2619 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2620 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2621 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2622 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2624 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2626 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2628 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2630 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2634 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2637 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2643 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2646 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2649 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2650 need to do it again. */
2653 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2657 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2663 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2665 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2667 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2670 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2671 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2672 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2679 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2680 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2683 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2684 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2685 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2687 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2690 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2691 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2692 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2693 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2694 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2698 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2701 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2703 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2706 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2714 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2715 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2717 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2719 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2721 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2727 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2731 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2736 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2741 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2744 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2746 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2747 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2749 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2752 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2755 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2757 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2758 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2759 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2760 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2762 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2765 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2766 be the master GOT data. */
2768 static struct mips_got_info
*
2769 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2771 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2777 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2778 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2781 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2782 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2786 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2788 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2790 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2791 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2792 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2795 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2797 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2798 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2799 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2805 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2806 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2816 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2817 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2818 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2825 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2826 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2828 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2830 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
2831 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
2832 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2833 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2834 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2844 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2845 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2846 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2851 if (entry
->tls_type
)
2853 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
2855 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2858 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2866 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2867 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2868 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2869 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2870 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2871 and then make make the new got current. */
2874 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2876 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2877 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2878 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2879 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2880 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2881 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
2882 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2883 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
2885 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
2886 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
2887 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
2888 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
2891 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
2892 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
2893 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
))
2894 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
2897 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2898 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2899 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
2900 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
2902 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2903 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2905 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2906 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2907 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2908 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
2909 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2911 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2912 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2913 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2914 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2916 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2918 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2919 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2921 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2924 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2925 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2926 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2929 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2930 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2931 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
2933 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2934 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2936 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2937 else if (arg
->current
2938 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
2940 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2941 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2942 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2943 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2945 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2947 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2948 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2950 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2953 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2956 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2957 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
2959 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2960 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2962 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2963 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2964 overflows anyway. */
2967 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2968 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2970 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
2976 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. */
2979 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2981 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2982 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
2984 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
2985 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
2988 if (entry
->symndx
== -1)
2990 /* There may be multiple mips_got_entry structs for a global variable
2991 if there is just one GOT. Just do this once. */
2992 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2994 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
2996 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
2999 else if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3001 /* Similarly, there may be multiple structs for the LDM entry. */
3002 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3004 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3009 /* Initialize the GOT offset. */
3010 entry
->gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3011 if (g
->next
== NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3012 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3014 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3015 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3016 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3017 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3019 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3020 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3025 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3026 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3027 got) to the given VALUE.
3029 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3030 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3031 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3032 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3033 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3034 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3035 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3036 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3039 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3041 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3042 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3043 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3044 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3046 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3047 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3048 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3049 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3051 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3052 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3053 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3057 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3059 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3060 if (arg
->info
->shared
3061 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3062 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3063 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3064 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3067 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3073 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3074 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3076 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3078 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3080 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3081 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3082 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3083 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3088 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3089 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3090 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3091 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3092 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3093 the traversal must be restarted. */
3095 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3097 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3098 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3100 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3102 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3104 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3105 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3106 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3108 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3113 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3114 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3115 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3117 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3118 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3121 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3122 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3124 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3127 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3128 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3134 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3137 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3143 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3145 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3146 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3149 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3152 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3155 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3157 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3160 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3164 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3168 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3169 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3172 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3173 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3176 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3177 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3178 bfd_size_type pages
)
3180 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3181 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3183 unsigned int assign
;
3185 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3186 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3187 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3190 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3191 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3192 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3194 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3195 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3196 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3197 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3200 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3201 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3202 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3203 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3204 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3205 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
3206 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3207 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
3208 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3209 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3211 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3213 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3214 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3215 to be the primary GOT. */
3216 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3217 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3220 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3221 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3223 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3224 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3225 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3228 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3229 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3230 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3231 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3232 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3233 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3234 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3235 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3236 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3238 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3240 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3243 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3244 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3246 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3250 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3251 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3252 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3253 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3256 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3259 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3260 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3267 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3269 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3273 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3274 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3275 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3278 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3279 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3280 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3281 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3282 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3283 follows IRIX's practice.
3285 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3286 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3287 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3288 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3292 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3293 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3294 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3298 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3299 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3300 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3301 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3302 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3303 their entries can be omitted. */
3304 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3305 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3308 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3309 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3310 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3311 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3312 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3313 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3314 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3315 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3316 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3319 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3320 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3321 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3322 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3323 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3324 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3325 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3326 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3327 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3328 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3329 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3330 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3331 points back to the master GOT. */
3332 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3333 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3340 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3342 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3343 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3344 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3345 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3347 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3348 all non-TLS entries. */
3349 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3350 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3352 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3353 list that gg points to. */
3359 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3362 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3366 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3367 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3368 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3374 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3375 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3377 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3378 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3379 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3382 while (relocation
< relend
)
3384 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
3390 /* We didn't find it. */
3391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3395 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3398 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3399 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3400 asection
**local_sections
,
3401 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3403 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3408 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3409 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3410 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3412 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3414 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3419 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3420 was forced local. */
3421 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3422 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3423 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3424 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3425 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3426 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3427 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3434 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3437 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3439 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3440 /* VALUE is negative. */
3441 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3446 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3447 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3451 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3453 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3455 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3456 /* The value is too big. */
3458 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3459 /* The value is too small. */
3466 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3469 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3471 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3474 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3477 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3480 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3487 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3490 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3493 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3500 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3503 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3504 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3507 register asection
*s
;
3509 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3511 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3514 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
3516 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
3517 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3518 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3521 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3527 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3530 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3531 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3534 register asection
*s
;
3535 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3536 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3537 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3540 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3541 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3544 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3545 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3549 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3550 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3553 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3555 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3556 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3557 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
3559 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
3560 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3563 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3564 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3565 are not creating a global offset table. */
3567 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3568 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3569 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3572 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3575 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3578 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3581 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3582 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3585 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3586 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3588 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3589 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3592 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3593 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3594 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3595 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3597 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3598 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3599 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3604 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3605 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3606 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3608 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3609 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3610 relocation must be JALX.
3612 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3613 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3614 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3615 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3617 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3618 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3619 asection
*input_section
,
3620 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3621 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3622 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3623 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3624 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3625 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3626 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3628 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3630 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3633 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3634 shared object file being produced. */
3635 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3636 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3639 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3640 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3641 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3642 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3643 during execution. */
3644 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3645 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3647 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3649 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3651 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3652 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3653 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3654 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3655 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3656 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3657 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3659 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3661 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3662 relocation value. */
3663 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3664 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3665 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3667 /* Parse the relocation. */
3668 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3669 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3670 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3671 + input_section
->output_offset
3672 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3674 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3675 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3677 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3678 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3679 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3680 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3681 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3682 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3683 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3684 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3687 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3688 must come before globals. */
3692 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3695 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3697 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3698 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3700 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3701 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3702 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3703 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3704 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3705 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3707 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3709 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3712 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3713 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3716 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3717 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3718 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3721 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3723 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3727 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3729 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3730 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3731 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3732 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3733 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3734 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3735 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3737 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3738 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3740 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3741 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3742 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3743 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3745 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3746 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3747 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3748 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3749 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3753 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3754 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3755 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3756 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3759 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3760 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3761 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3763 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3764 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3765 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3767 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3768 if (sec
->output_section
)
3769 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3770 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3771 + sec
->output_offset
);
3773 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3775 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3776 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3777 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3778 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3781 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3782 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3784 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
3785 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3787 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3788 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3789 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3790 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3791 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3793 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3794 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3799 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3800 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3801 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3802 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3803 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3804 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3808 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3811 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3812 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3814 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3815 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3816 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3817 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3818 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3820 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3821 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3824 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3827 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3831 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3833 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3834 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3835 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3837 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3838 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3840 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3841 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3843 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3848 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3850 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3851 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3853 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3860 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3863 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3865 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3866 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3869 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3870 special jalx instruction. */
3871 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3872 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3873 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3875 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3876 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3878 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3879 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3882 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3883 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3884 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3886 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3887 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3893 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3894 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3895 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3896 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3897 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3899 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
3900 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
3901 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3902 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
3904 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, 0, 0, NULL
,
3907 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3911 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3912 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3913 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3915 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3916 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3918 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
,
3920 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
3921 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3923 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3924 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
3926 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3927 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3928 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3929 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3930 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3931 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3934 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3935 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3936 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3940 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3941 info
, symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
,
3944 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3947 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3948 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3949 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3954 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3955 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3956 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3959 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3960 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3961 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3962 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3963 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3965 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3976 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3980 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3983 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3984 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3991 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3993 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
3994 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
3996 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3998 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3999 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4000 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4001 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4004 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4012 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4016 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4017 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4021 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4025 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4026 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4029 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4030 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4031 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4032 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4036 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4037 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4038 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4039 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4040 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4043 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4046 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4047 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4048 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4050 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4053 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4054 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4058 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4059 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4062 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4063 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4067 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4068 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4075 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4076 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4080 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4081 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4082 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4086 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4087 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4088 both reloc addends by 4. */
4089 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4090 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4092 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4093 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4100 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4103 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4104 for this conditional. */
4105 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4106 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4108 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4109 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4110 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4111 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4112 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4115 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4116 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4119 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4120 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4121 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4122 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4123 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4124 not check for overflow here. */
4128 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4129 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4130 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4131 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4136 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4137 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4138 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4139 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4140 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4141 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4142 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4143 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4144 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4145 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4146 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4147 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4148 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4149 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4150 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4151 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4155 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4164 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
4165 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4167 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4168 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4169 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4170 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4171 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4172 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4174 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4175 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4176 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4183 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4184 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4185 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4188 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4191 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4192 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4194 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4198 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
4199 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4202 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4203 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4204 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4205 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4206 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4208 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4209 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4212 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4213 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4214 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4217 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4218 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4219 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4223 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4224 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4225 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4226 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4227 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4228 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4231 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4233 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4236 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4240 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4241 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4245 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4246 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4249 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4250 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4251 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4254 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4255 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4256 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4260 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4261 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4262 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4263 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4264 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4265 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4269 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4270 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4271 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4272 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4275 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4276 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4279 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4281 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4284 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4287 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4288 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4289 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4292 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4294 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4295 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4300 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4301 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4302 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4303 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4304 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4305 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4307 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4310 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4311 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4312 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4313 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4314 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4315 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4319 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4321 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4322 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4324 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4326 /* Obtain the current value. */
4327 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4329 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4330 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4332 /* Set the field. */
4333 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4335 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4339 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4340 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4342 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4343 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4345 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4350 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4354 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4357 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4358 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4361 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4366 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4367 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4370 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4371 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4372 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4373 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4374 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4375 && !info
->relocatable
4377 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4378 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4384 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4385 + input_section
->output_offset
4386 + relocation
->r_offset
4388 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4389 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4393 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4394 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4397 /* Put the value into the output. */
4398 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4400 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4406 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4409 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4411 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4413 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4414 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4415 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4418 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
4421 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
4425 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
4426 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4430 /* Make room for a null element. */
4431 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4434 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4437 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4438 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4439 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4440 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4443 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4444 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4445 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4447 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4448 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4450 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4455 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4457 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4458 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4459 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4460 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4461 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4462 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4465 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4466 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4467 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4468 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4469 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4470 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4472 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4473 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4476 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4478 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4479 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4480 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4485 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4486 in the relocation. */
4488 && (! info
->symbolic
|| !h
->root
.def_regular
)
4489 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4491 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
4493 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4494 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4495 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4497 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4498 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4499 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4500 undefined symbols. */
4505 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4507 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4509 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4514 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4519 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4520 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4521 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4522 local symbols because we used to generate them
4523 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4524 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4525 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4526 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4527 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4528 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4530 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4531 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4532 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4533 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4534 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4539 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4540 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4541 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4542 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4543 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4546 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4547 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4548 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4550 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4551 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4552 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4553 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4554 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4555 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4556 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4557 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4558 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4559 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4560 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4561 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4562 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4563 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4566 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4568 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4569 correct location in the output file. */
4570 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4571 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4572 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4573 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4574 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4575 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4577 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4578 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4579 relocation format is non-standard. */
4580 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4582 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4583 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4585 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4588 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4589 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4590 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4592 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4593 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4595 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4596 will be writing to it. */
4597 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4600 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4601 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4603 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4608 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4610 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4611 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4612 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4613 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4614 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4615 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4617 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4618 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4619 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4621 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4622 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4623 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4624 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4625 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4626 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4627 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4634 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4637 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4639 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4641 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4642 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4644 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4645 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4647 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4648 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4650 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4651 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4653 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4654 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4656 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4657 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4659 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4660 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4662 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4663 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4665 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4666 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4668 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4669 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4672 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4676 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4680 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4684 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4688 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4692 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4695 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4696 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4699 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4700 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4703 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4704 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4707 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4708 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4716 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4718 static INLINE
char *
4719 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4723 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4724 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4727 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4729 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4733 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4735 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4737 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4739 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4742 return "unknown abi";
4746 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4747 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4748 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4749 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4750 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4751 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4752 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4753 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4755 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4756 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4757 definition in a shared library. */
4758 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4759 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4760 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4762 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4763 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4766 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4768 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4770 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4771 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4773 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4774 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4775 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4776 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4777 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4778 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4779 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4781 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4782 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4783 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4784 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4785 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4786 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4787 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4788 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4789 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4790 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4792 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4796 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4797 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4798 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4799 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4802 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4803 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4805 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4806 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4807 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4808 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4809 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4810 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4811 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4812 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4813 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4814 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4816 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4817 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4820 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4821 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4826 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
4828 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4829 if (section
!= NULL
)
4831 asym
->section
= section
;
4832 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4833 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4834 base address to make it an offset. */
4835 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4842 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
4844 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4845 if (section
!= NULL
)
4847 asym
->section
= section
;
4848 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4849 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4850 base address to make it an offset. */
4851 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4858 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
4859 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
4861 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
4862 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
4863 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
4864 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
4865 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
4867 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
4868 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
4869 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
4870 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
4872 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
4873 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
4874 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
4875 We therefore take the following approach:
4877 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
4878 determine the pointer size.
4880 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
4881 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
4885 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
4886 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
4887 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
4888 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
4889 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
4891 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
4892 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
4896 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
4898 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
4900 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
4902 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
4904 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
4905 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
4906 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
4913 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
4914 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
4915 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
4924 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4925 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4926 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4928 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4929 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4932 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4933 will jump there rather than to .text.
4935 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4936 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4939 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4941 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4944 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4945 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4946 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4950 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4952 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4953 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4957 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4958 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4961 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4964 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4965 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4969 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4970 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4971 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4972 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4974 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4976 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4977 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4978 so that we don't have to read them again.
4979 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4980 through the section contents to see if there is an
4981 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4983 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4985 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4986 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4988 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4990 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4992 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4999 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5000 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5003 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5004 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5007 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5014 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5015 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5018 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5019 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5026 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5028 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5030 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5031 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5032 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5034 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5035 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5037 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5039 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5040 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5042 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5044 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5045 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5047 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5050 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5052 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5054 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5056 unsigned int adjust
;
5058 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5060 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5068 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5069 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5070 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5072 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5076 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5083 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5084 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5085 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5086 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5087 probably get away with this. */
5088 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5090 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5091 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5095 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5098 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5099 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5102 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5103 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5106 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5107 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5110 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5111 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5113 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5115 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5116 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5117 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5119 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5121 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5122 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5125 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5126 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5129 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5130 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5133 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5134 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5137 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5138 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5141 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5142 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5143 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5144 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5151 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5156 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5157 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5163 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5165 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5166 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5167 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5168 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5169 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5171 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5174 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5175 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5177 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5178 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5181 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5182 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5183 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5184 they should agree. */
5185 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5187 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5189 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5190 if (contents
== NULL
)
5192 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5199 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5200 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5202 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5204 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5206 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5208 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5210 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5212 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5213 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5215 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5217 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5219 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5221 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5223 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5224 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5226 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5236 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5237 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5238 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5241 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5243 register const char *name
;
5245 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5247 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5249 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5250 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5251 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5253 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5254 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5255 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5257 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5258 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5259 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5261 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5262 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5263 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5265 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5266 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5267 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5268 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5269 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5271 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5273 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5275 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5276 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5277 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5278 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5280 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5281 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5283 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5286 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5288 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5289 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5290 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5291 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5293 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5294 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5296 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5297 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5300 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5301 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5302 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5303 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5304 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5305 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5306 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5307 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5309 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5310 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5312 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5314 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5315 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5316 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5318 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5320 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5321 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5322 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5324 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5325 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5326 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5328 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5329 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5330 final_write_processing. */
5332 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5333 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5334 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5336 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5337 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5338 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5340 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5342 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5343 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5344 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5347 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5348 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5349 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5350 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5351 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5356 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5357 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5358 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5359 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5360 the .scommon section. */
5363 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5364 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5366 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5368 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5371 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5373 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5379 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5380 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5383 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5384 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5385 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5386 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5388 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5389 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5390 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5392 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5397 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5400 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5401 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5402 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5403 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5406 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5407 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5408 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5409 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5413 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5414 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5416 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5417 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5418 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5420 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5421 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5424 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5425 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5426 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5429 /* Initialize the section. */
5431 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5432 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5434 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5435 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5437 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5438 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5439 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5440 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5441 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5442 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5443 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5445 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5446 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5447 so I took it out. */
5448 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5451 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5452 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5454 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5455 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5457 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5458 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5459 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5461 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5462 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5465 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5466 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5467 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5470 /* Initialize the section. */
5472 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5473 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5475 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5476 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5478 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5479 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5480 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5481 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5482 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5483 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5484 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5486 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5487 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5488 so I took it out. */
5489 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5492 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5493 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5497 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5499 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5500 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5503 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5505 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5507 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5508 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5509 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5512 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5515 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5517 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5520 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5523 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5524 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5525 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5526 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5532 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5533 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5534 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5537 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5538 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5539 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5540 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5542 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5543 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5544 common in the output file. */
5545 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5546 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5547 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5549 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5550 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5555 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5557 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5560 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5562 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5563 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5565 register asection
*s
;
5566 const char * const *namep
;
5568 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5569 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5571 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
5572 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5575 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5579 /* We need to create .got section. */
5580 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5583 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
5586 /* Create .stub section. */
5587 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5588 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5590 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
5592 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
5593 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5594 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5598 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5600 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5602 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5604 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
5605 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5606 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5610 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5611 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5612 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5613 the linker takes such action. */
5614 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5616 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5619 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5620 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5621 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5624 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5627 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5629 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5633 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5634 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5636 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5640 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5641 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5643 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5644 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5646 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5647 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5649 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5650 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5652 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5653 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5655 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5662 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5664 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5665 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
5666 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5669 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5672 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5674 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5677 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5679 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5680 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5681 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5682 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5683 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5684 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5686 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5688 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5689 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
5690 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5693 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5696 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5698 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5706 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5707 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5710 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5711 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5715 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5716 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5717 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5719 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5720 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5723 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5725 if (info
->relocatable
)
5728 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5729 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5730 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5731 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5733 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5735 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5736 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5738 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5740 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5743 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5745 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5746 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5750 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5751 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5752 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5753 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5755 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5756 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5758 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5759 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5760 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5761 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5762 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5763 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5764 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5765 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5766 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5770 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5772 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5775 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5776 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5777 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5778 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5781 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5790 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5791 not need it. Since this function is called before
5792 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5793 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5795 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5799 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5801 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5803 unsigned long symcount
;
5807 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5808 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5810 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5811 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5812 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5815 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5820 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5821 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5822 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5823 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5827 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5829 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5830 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5832 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5835 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5838 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5839 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5841 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5845 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5848 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5850 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5851 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5853 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5854 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5855 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5856 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5857 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5858 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5859 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5863 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5864 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5866 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5868 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5869 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5871 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5873 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5874 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5875 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5876 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5877 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5878 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5879 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5880 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5881 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5883 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5888 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5898 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5903 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5904 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5905 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5910 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5911 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5912 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5914 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5915 unsigned int r_type
;
5916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5918 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5919 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5921 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5923 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5925 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5926 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5928 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5933 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5935 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5938 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5939 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5943 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5944 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5950 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5951 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5952 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5953 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5954 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5955 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5956 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5958 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5960 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5961 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5963 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5970 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5971 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5972 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5980 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5981 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5982 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5984 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5985 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5986 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5987 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5988 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5989 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5990 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5991 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5992 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6001 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6002 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6003 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6004 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6009 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6010 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6013 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
6014 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6017 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6018 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6019 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6025 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6026 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6027 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6032 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6033 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6035 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6036 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6037 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6038 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6040 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6041 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6042 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6048 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6049 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6050 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6051 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6055 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6057 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6060 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6061 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6069 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6070 for TLS GD relocations. */
6072 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6074 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6079 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6080 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6081 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6083 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6088 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6090 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6091 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6100 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
6101 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6105 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
6109 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
6112 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6113 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6114 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
6115 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
6116 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
6117 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6118 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6119 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6120 relocations against the text segment. */
6121 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6127 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6128 defined in a dynamic object. */
6129 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6130 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6131 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6132 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6133 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6134 are relocations against the text segment. */
6135 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6138 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6139 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6140 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6141 dynamic relocations against it. */
6145 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6146 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6148 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6149 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6154 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6155 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6156 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6160 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6161 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6162 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6163 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6164 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6165 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6168 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6169 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6170 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6171 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6175 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6176 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6177 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6178 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6186 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6187 related to taking the function's address. */
6193 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6195 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6196 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6200 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6201 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6206 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6207 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6208 References from a stub section do not count. */
6210 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6211 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6212 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6213 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6214 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6215 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6216 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6218 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6220 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6221 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6229 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6230 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6233 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6234 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6235 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6236 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6238 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6239 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6240 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6242 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6245 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6248 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6249 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6250 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6253 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6254 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6255 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6256 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6258 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6261 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6262 unsigned int r_type
;
6263 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6265 unsigned long instruction
;
6267 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6268 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6269 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6270 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6271 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6274 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6275 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6276 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6278 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6279 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6280 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6282 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6283 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6284 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6286 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6288 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6289 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6290 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6291 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6292 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6295 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6296 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6297 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6298 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6299 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6301 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6305 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6307 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6308 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6310 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6311 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6312 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6313 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6315 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6319 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6320 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6322 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6323 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6324 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6325 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6328 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6329 symval
= isym
->st_value
6330 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6331 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6334 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6336 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6337 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6339 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6340 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6345 /* Check that it's in range. */
6346 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6349 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6350 if (contents
== NULL
)
6352 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6353 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6354 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6357 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6362 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6364 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6365 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6366 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6367 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6368 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6369 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6373 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6374 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6375 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6378 if (contents
!= NULL
6379 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6381 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6385 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6386 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6392 if (contents
!= NULL
6393 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6398 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6399 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6400 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6401 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6405 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6406 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6412 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6414 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6415 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6417 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6420 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6422 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6423 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6425 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6426 if (! info
->relocatable
6427 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6428 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6429 || !h
->def_regular
))
6431 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
6432 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6433 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6434 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6435 against the text segment. */
6436 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6439 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6440 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6443 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6446 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6447 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6448 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6449 executable and the shared library. */
6450 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6452 /* We need .stub section. */
6453 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6454 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6455 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6457 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6458 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6460 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6461 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6463 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6464 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6466 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6467 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6471 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6474 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6475 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6476 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6480 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6481 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6482 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6483 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6485 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6486 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6487 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6488 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6492 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6493 is not a function. */
6498 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
6499 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
6500 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
6503 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6504 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6510 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6512 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
6513 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
6515 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
6517 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
6518 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
6520 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6522 if (! (info
->relocatable
6523 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
6524 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
6525 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
6527 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6529 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
6532 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
6536 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
6537 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
6539 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
6541 asection
*subsection
;
6543 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
6545 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
6547 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
6549 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
6550 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
6554 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
6555 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
6556 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
6557 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
6559 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
6562 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
6563 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6565 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
6566 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
6569 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
6570 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
6572 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
6574 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
6575 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
6576 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
6578 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
6579 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6581 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
6582 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6584 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
6585 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
6586 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
6587 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
6588 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
6589 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6590 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
6592 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
6593 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6595 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6597 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
))
6599 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
6604 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
6605 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
6606 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
6612 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
6615 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6616 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6620 bfd_boolean reltext
;
6622 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6623 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
6625 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6627 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
6628 if (info
->executable
)
6630 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
6631 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6633 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
6635 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
6639 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
6640 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
6643 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6648 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
6649 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
6650 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
6652 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6657 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
6661 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
6662 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
6663 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
6664 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
6665 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
6666 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
6668 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
6669 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
6674 const char *outname
;
6677 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
6678 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
6679 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
6680 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
6681 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
6683 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
6685 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
6687 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
6688 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6689 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
6692 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
6693 to copy relocs into the output file. */
6694 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
6697 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
6698 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
6699 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
6700 will move them around between input sections'
6701 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
6702 broken, so don't let it run. */
6703 info
->combreloc
= 0;
6706 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6708 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6709 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6710 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6712 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6713 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6714 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6715 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6719 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6720 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6722 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
6723 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
6724 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
6725 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6726 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6728 unsigned int save_assign
;
6730 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6732 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6733 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6734 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6735 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6736 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6737 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6738 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6739 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6740 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6741 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6742 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6744 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6747 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6748 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6749 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6750 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
6751 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6757 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
6761 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
6763 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6764 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
6767 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
6771 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6773 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6775 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6776 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6777 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6779 else if (! info
->shared
6780 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6781 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6783 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6784 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6787 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6788 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6789 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6790 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6792 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6798 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6802 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6803 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6804 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6806 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6811 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6813 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6814 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6815 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6816 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6817 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6820 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6821 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6822 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6824 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6826 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6832 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6833 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6835 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6840 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6841 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6843 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6849 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6852 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6854 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6857 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6860 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6864 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6867 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6870 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6873 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6876 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6879 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6882 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6885 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6886 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6889 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6890 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6891 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6892 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6899 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6902 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6903 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6904 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6905 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6906 asection
**local_sections
)
6908 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6909 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6911 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6914 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6915 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6916 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6920 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6921 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6922 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6924 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6925 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6928 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6929 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6931 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6932 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6933 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6934 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6935 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6936 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6937 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6939 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6941 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6945 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6946 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6947 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6948 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6949 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6952 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6956 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6957 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6958 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6959 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6960 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6961 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6962 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6963 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6964 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6965 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6966 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6968 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
6970 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6971 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6973 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6974 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6976 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6978 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6981 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6983 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6984 combination of the addend stored in two different
6986 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
6987 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6988 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6989 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6992 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6993 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6994 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
6997 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6998 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7000 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7002 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7003 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7004 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7005 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7008 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7010 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7011 relocation must be immediately following.
7012 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7013 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7014 several relocations for the same address. In
7015 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7016 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7017 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7018 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7021 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7024 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7026 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7027 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7029 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7031 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7032 input_bfd
, contents
);
7033 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7035 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7036 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7037 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7041 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7045 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7048 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7051 if (info
->relocatable
)
7053 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7054 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7056 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7057 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7060 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
7061 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
7062 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
7063 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
7064 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
7065 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
7067 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
7069 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
7072 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7073 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7074 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7075 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7076 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
7077 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
7079 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7080 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7081 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7082 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
7083 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7085 if (rela_relocation_p
)
7086 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
7087 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
7090 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7091 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7092 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7093 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7094 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7095 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7096 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7098 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7100 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7101 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7102 source of the addend in the final link. */
7103 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7105 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7106 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7107 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7108 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7109 but for endianness. */
7115 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7117 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7124 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7125 do two separate stores. */
7126 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7128 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7130 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7136 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7138 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7139 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7140 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7141 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7145 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7146 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7151 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7155 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7156 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7157 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7159 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7160 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7161 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7162 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7164 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7166 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7167 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7168 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7169 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7170 local_sections
, &value
,
7171 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7172 use_saved_addend_p
))
7174 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7175 /* There's nothing to do. */
7178 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7179 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7180 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7181 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7182 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7185 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7186 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7187 info
->callbacks
->warning
7188 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7191 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7192 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7193 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7194 a given location. */
7198 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7199 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7200 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7201 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7214 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7215 until we reach the last one. */
7216 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7222 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7223 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7224 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7225 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7226 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7227 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7228 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7229 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7235 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7237 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7244 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7245 do two separate stores. */
7246 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7248 /* Undo what we did above. */
7250 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7252 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7258 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7260 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7261 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7262 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7263 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7267 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7268 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7269 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7270 contents
, require_jalx
))
7277 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7278 adjust it appropriately now. */
7281 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7282 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7284 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7285 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
7286 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
7289 "__dso_displacement",
7291 "__program_header_table",
7295 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
7303 const char* const *p
;
7306 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
7307 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
7310 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
7312 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
7314 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7315 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7317 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
7319 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7321 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7327 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
7328 dynamic sections here. */
7331 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7332 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7333 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7334 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7338 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
7341 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7343 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
7346 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
7348 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
7350 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
7352 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7353 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7354 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7356 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
7357 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
7360 /* Fill the stub. */
7361 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
7362 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
7363 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
7364 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
7366 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
7367 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7369 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
7370 only for the referenced symbol. */
7371 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7373 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
7374 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
7375 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
7376 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
7380 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
7381 || h
->forced_local
);
7383 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7384 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
7385 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7386 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7387 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7389 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
7390 the symbols that need them. */
7391 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
7392 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
7397 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7398 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
7399 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7402 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
7404 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
7410 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
7412 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
7415 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7418 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
7423 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7425 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
7426 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
7428 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
7429 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
7430 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
7431 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
7432 appropriate addend. */
7433 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7435 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7436 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7437 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
7439 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
7440 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
7443 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7444 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
7445 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
7449 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
7450 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7455 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
7456 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7457 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7458 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7459 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7460 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
7461 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
7463 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7464 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7467 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7469 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7470 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7471 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
7473 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7475 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
7476 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
7478 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7479 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7481 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7483 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
7485 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7486 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7487 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
7488 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7490 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
7492 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
7493 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7494 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
7495 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7499 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
7500 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7501 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
7505 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7506 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
7507 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
7509 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
7510 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7511 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
7512 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
7513 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
7514 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7516 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7517 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7519 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
7520 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
7521 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
7522 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
7524 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7528 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
7529 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
7530 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7535 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7538 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7539 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7544 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
7546 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7548 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
7550 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7555 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7556 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7557 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
7558 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
7559 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7562 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7566 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
7567 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7569 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
7570 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
7571 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
7573 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7577 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
7579 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
7580 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
7582 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
7588 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7589 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7590 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
7594 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
7596 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7601 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7602 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7603 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7606 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
7607 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
7611 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
7614 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7615 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7618 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7623 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7628 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7629 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7630 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7631 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7634 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7635 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7638 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7639 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7640 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7641 referenced within the same object. */
7642 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7645 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7646 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7648 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7651 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7652 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7653 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7655 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7657 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7658 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7659 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7661 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
7664 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7665 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7668 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7669 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7672 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7673 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7674 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7675 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7679 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
7680 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
7681 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
7682 are trailing null entries. */
7683 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7684 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
7685 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
7686 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
7687 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
7696 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7701 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7702 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7703 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7704 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
7706 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
7707 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
7708 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7712 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7713 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7715 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7716 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7718 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7721 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7722 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7724 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7726 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
7727 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
7729 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
7730 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7731 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7732 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7737 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7739 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7740 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7741 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7742 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7743 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7746 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7753 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7755 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7757 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7758 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7762 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7764 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7765 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7768 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7769 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7772 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7773 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7774 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7777 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7779 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7780 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7781 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7782 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7787 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7789 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7792 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7794 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7796 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7797 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7798 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7800 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7801 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7809 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7812 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7816 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7819 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7820 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7823 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7824 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7827 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7828 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7831 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7832 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7833 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7834 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7835 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7838 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7839 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7842 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7843 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7846 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7847 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7850 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7851 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7854 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7855 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7858 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7859 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7862 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7863 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7866 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
7867 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
7870 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7871 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7872 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7873 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7874 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7875 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7878 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7879 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7882 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7883 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7886 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7887 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7890 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7891 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7894 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7895 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7898 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7899 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7902 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7903 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7908 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7909 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7910 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7913 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7914 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7917 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7921 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7922 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7923 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7924 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7925 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7927 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7928 info for each special section. */
7929 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7930 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7933 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7936 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7937 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7939 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7942 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7943 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7944 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7945 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7946 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7947 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7948 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7949 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7952 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7953 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7954 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7955 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7956 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7957 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7958 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7959 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7960 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7961 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7964 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7965 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7967 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7968 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7970 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7973 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7974 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7975 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7976 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7977 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7978 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7979 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7982 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7983 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7984 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7986 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7988 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7989 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7996 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
8000 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
8005 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
8006 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8007 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
8010 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
8011 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
8012 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
8013 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
8016 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
8017 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
8018 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
8019 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
8025 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
8028 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
8029 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8032 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
8035 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
8037 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8038 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8040 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8041 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
8046 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8050 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
8054 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
8055 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8057 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8058 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8066 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
8067 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
8068 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
8071 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
8072 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
8073 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
8075 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8077 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
8078 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
8083 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
8085 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8087 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8088 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8091 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
8092 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8093 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
8094 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
8095 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
8096 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
8097 options_segment
->count
= 1;
8098 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
8099 *pm
= options_segment
;
8104 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8106 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
8107 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
8108 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
8109 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
8110 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
8112 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8113 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
8118 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8122 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
8124 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8129 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8137 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
8138 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8139 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
8149 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
8150 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
8152 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
8154 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
8157 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8159 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
8160 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
8161 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
8162 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
8163 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
8165 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
8166 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8170 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
8172 static const char *sec_names
[] =
8174 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
8178 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
8182 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
8184 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
8185 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8192 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
8198 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8199 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8201 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8204 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
8205 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8212 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8214 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8216 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8230 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
8234 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
8235 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8236 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8237 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8240 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
8244 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
8246 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8247 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8251 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8253 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8254 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8255 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8257 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8258 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8266 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
8271 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
8274 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8275 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8276 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8277 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8281 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8282 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
8283 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
8284 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8287 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8288 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8289 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
8291 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8292 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8293 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
8297 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8298 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8299 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8300 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8301 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8302 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8303 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8304 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
8305 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
8306 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
8317 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
8318 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
8319 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
8320 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
8323 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8324 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
8325 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
8327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
8329 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
8331 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8334 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
8335 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
8336 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8337 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8338 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8339 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8340 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8342 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
8343 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
8345 BFD_ASSERT (indmips
->tls_type
== 0);
8349 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8350 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
8351 bfd_boolean force_local
)
8355 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8356 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8358 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
8359 if (h
->forced_local
)
8361 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
8363 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8364 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
)
8366 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8367 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8371 struct mips_got_entry e
;
8372 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
8374 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
8375 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
8376 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
8377 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
8378 the upper limit of global entries. */
8384 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8385 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
8387 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8392 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
8393 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
8394 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
8395 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
8396 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
8398 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
8399 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
8402 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
8403 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
8404 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
8407 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
8409 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
8410 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
8412 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8418 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
8424 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
8425 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8428 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8429 unsigned char *tdata
;
8432 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
8437 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
8439 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
8440 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
8443 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
8447 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8455 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
8456 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8458 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
8460 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
8469 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
8470 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
8476 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
8477 free (cookie
->rels
);
8483 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
8485 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
8491 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
8494 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
8497 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
8500 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
8504 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
8505 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
8507 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
8509 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
8512 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
8515 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
8516 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
8520 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
8521 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
8523 struct mips_elf_find_line
8525 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
8526 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
8530 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
8531 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
8532 const char **filename_ptr
,
8533 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8534 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8538 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8539 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8543 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8544 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8545 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
8546 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
8549 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
8553 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
8554 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
8555 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8557 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
8558 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
8559 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
8560 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
8561 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
8562 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8564 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
8567 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
8570 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
8571 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
8573 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8576 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8580 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8582 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8586 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8587 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8588 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8589 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8591 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8594 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8595 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8596 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8597 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8598 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8599 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8600 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8602 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8604 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8605 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8606 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8607 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8608 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8609 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8612 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8613 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8616 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8620 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8623 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8625 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8626 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8630 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8631 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8632 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8635 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
8636 const void *location
,
8637 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
8639 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
8643 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8645 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8646 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8647 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8650 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8653 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
8656 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8659 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8662 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8666 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8667 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8670 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
8672 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8673 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
8675 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
8678 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8679 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8680 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8683 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8684 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8690 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
8691 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8694 /* read in the section */
8695 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
8696 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
8699 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8703 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8706 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8711 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8714 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8715 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8716 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8717 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8718 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8722 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8723 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8730 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8731 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8732 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8735 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8736 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8738 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8740 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8741 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8743 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8745 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8754 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
8756 char *error_message
= NULL
;
8757 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8759 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8760 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8761 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8763 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
8764 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
8765 to the generic handling. */
8767 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8768 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8769 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8770 input_section
, relocatable
,
8773 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
8775 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8780 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8782 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8783 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8787 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8791 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8792 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8793 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8794 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8798 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8799 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8800 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8801 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8802 (*parent
)->address
)))
8805 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8806 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8808 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8809 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8810 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8813 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8822 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8823 free (reloc_vector
);
8827 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8828 free (reloc_vector
);
8832 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8834 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8835 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8837 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8838 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8840 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8844 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8845 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8852 /* We no longer use this. */
8853 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8854 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8856 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8857 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8858 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8860 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8862 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8865 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8866 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8867 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8870 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8874 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8875 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8876 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8877 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8878 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8879 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8880 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8881 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8882 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8888 static const char * const secname
[] =
8890 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8891 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8893 static const int sc
[] =
8895 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8896 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8899 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8900 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8901 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8903 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8907 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8908 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
8910 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8911 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8912 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8913 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8914 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8922 for (p
= abfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
8923 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
8924 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8925 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (abfd
, info
, p
))
8929 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
8932 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8933 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8934 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8935 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8937 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8938 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8939 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8940 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8943 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8944 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8946 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8948 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8949 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8950 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8951 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8952 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8953 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8955 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8957 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8958 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8960 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8963 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8964 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8968 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8969 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8970 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8974 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8978 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8979 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8980 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8982 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8984 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8986 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8987 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8988 the information together. */
8989 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8991 asection
*input_section
;
8993 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8996 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8998 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9003 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9004 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9006 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9007 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9010 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
9012 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
9013 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
9014 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
9015 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
9016 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
9018 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
9019 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
9020 finally written out. */
9022 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9023 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9024 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9027 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
9028 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9030 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9031 matters, but someday it might). */
9032 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9037 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
9039 struct extsym_info einfo
;
9042 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
9043 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
9044 the information together. */
9045 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
9046 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
9048 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
9052 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
9053 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
9054 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
9056 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
9059 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
9061 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
9062 debug_info structure. */
9064 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
9065 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
9066 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
9067 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
9068 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
9070 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
9071 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
9072 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
9073 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
9075 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9076 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
9080 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
9084 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
9085 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
9086 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
9087 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
9089 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
9091 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
9092 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
9095 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
9096 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
9099 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
9100 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
9105 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9107 asection
*input_section
;
9109 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
9110 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
9114 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9116 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9121 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9122 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9124 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9125 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9126 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
9128 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
9129 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
9130 want to deal with it. */
9134 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9135 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
9137 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
9139 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
9140 read in the debugging information and set up an
9141 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
9142 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9146 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
9147 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
9148 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
9151 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
9152 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
9153 the linker global hash table and save the information
9154 for the output external symbols. */
9155 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
9156 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
9157 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
9158 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
9160 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
9161 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
9165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9167 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
9168 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
9169 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
9170 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
9173 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
9174 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9175 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
9176 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
9182 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
9183 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
9189 /* Free up the information we just read. */
9190 free (input_debug
.line
);
9191 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
9192 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
9193 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
9194 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
9195 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
9196 free (input_debug
.ss
);
9197 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
9198 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
9199 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
9200 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
9202 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9203 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9204 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9207 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
9209 /* Create .rtproc section. */
9210 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9211 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
9213 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
9214 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
9216 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9217 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
9218 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
9219 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
9223 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
9229 /* Build the external symbol information. */
9232 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
9234 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
9235 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9236 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
9240 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
9241 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
9243 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9244 matters, but someday it might). */
9245 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9250 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
9252 const char *subname
;
9255 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
9258 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
9259 information describing how the small data area would
9260 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
9261 not used in executables files. */
9262 if (! info
->relocatable
)
9264 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9266 asection
*input_section
;
9268 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9270 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9275 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9277 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9278 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9279 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9282 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
9283 currently matters, but someday it might). */
9284 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9286 /* Really remove the section. */
9287 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
9289 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
9291 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
9292 --abfd
->section_count
;
9297 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
9298 uninitialized data. */
9299 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
9301 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
9305 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9306 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
9307 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
9308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9312 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
9313 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
9314 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
9315 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
9316 case we must change the name of the output section. */
9317 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9318 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
9320 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
9321 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
9323 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
9324 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9325 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
9328 /* Set up the first entry. */
9330 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9331 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
9334 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
9335 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
9337 /* Combine the input sections. */
9338 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9340 asection
*input_section
;
9344 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
9346 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9348 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9353 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9354 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9356 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
9357 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
9358 sorted by ascending -G value. */
9359 size
= input_section
->size
;
9361 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9363 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
9365 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
9366 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
9372 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
9373 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
9374 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
9380 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
9382 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
9383 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
9386 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9388 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
9389 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
9391 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
9397 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
9400 /* We need a new table entry. */
9401 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9402 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
9403 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
9409 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
9410 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
9412 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
9413 value, since that will be implied by this new
9416 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9418 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
9420 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
9421 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
9425 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
9426 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9431 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9434 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9435 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9436 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9439 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
9441 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
9443 /* Swap out the table. */
9444 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9445 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9446 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
9452 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
9453 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
9456 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9457 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
9459 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9460 matters, but someday it might). */
9461 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
9465 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9466 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
9469 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
9471 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
9473 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
9475 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
9476 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9480 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
9482 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
9483 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9485 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9488 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9491 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
9493 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9494 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9495 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
9499 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
9501 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9502 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9503 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
9507 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9509 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9510 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9512 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9513 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9514 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
9522 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9524 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9525 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9529 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9530 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9532 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9533 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9534 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9535 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9537 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9538 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9540 /* R10000 extensions. */
9541 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9543 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9544 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9545 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9546 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9547 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9548 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9549 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9551 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9552 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9553 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9554 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9555 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9556 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9558 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9559 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9560 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9562 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9563 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9564 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9565 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9566 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9567 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9568 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9569 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9571 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9572 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9574 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9575 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9576 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9578 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9579 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9580 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9584 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9587 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
9591 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9592 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9593 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9595 return extension
== base
;
9599 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9602 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
9604 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9605 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9606 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9607 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9608 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9609 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9610 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9614 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9615 object file when linking. */
9618 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
9623 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9626 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9627 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9629 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9630 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9635 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9636 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9639 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
9641 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9642 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9647 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9648 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9649 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9651 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9653 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9654 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9655 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9656 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9658 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9659 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9661 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9662 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9669 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9671 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9672 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9674 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9675 doesn't seem to matter. */
9676 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9677 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9679 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9680 just be able to ignore this. */
9681 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9682 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9684 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9687 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9688 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9689 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9690 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9692 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9693 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9694 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9695 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9697 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9698 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9699 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
9701 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9710 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9711 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9713 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9714 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9719 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9720 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9721 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9722 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9724 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9725 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9727 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9728 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9730 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9731 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9735 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9737 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9738 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9740 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9741 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9742 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9743 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9744 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9745 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9746 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9748 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9749 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9750 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9751 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9752 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9753 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9757 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9758 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9759 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9761 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9762 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9767 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9768 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9770 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9771 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9772 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9773 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9774 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9776 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9777 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9778 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9779 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9781 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9782 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9784 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9785 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9788 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9789 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9792 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9793 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9795 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9797 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9798 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9801 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9802 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9804 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9805 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9806 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9807 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9813 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9820 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9823 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9825 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9826 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9828 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9829 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9834 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9838 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9840 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9841 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9843 /* xgettext:c-format */
9844 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9846 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9847 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9848 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9849 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9850 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9851 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9852 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9853 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9854 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9855 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9856 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9857 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9858 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9859 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9861 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9863 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9864 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9865 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9866 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9867 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9868 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9869 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9870 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9871 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9872 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9873 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9874 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9875 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9876 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9877 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9878 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9879 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9880 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9882 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9884 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9885 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9887 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9888 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9890 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9891 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9893 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9900 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9902 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9903 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9904 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9905 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9906 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9907 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9908 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }